<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Rob-Struct4u</id>
	<title>Struct4u - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Rob-Struct4u"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/wiki/Special:Contributions/Rob-Struct4u"/>
	<updated>2026-06-04T14:59:49Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Home&amp;diff=1260</id>
		<title>Talk:Home</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Home&amp;diff=1260"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:39:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Home to Talk:Knowledge centre&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:Knowledge centre]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_centre&amp;diff=1259</id>
		<title>Talk:Knowledge centre</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_centre&amp;diff=1259"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:39:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Home to Talk:Knowledge centre&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:Knowledge Centre]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_centre&amp;diff=1255</id>
		<title>Talk:Knowledge centre</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_centre&amp;diff=1255"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:34:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Home to Talk:Knowledge Centre&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:Knowledge Centre]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_Centre&amp;diff=1254</id>
		<title>Talk:Knowledge Centre</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_Centre&amp;diff=1254"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:34:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Home to Talk:Knowledge Centre&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:KNOWLEDGE CENTRE]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_Centre&amp;diff=1251</id>
		<title>Talk:Knowledge Centre</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Knowledge_Centre&amp;diff=1251"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:34:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Home to Talk:KNOWLEDGE CENTRE&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:KNOWLEDGE CENTRE]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1250</id>
		<title>Talk:KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1250"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:34:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Home to Talk:KNOWLEDGE CENTRE&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1248</id>
		<title>KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1248"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:34:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Home to KNOWLEDGE CENTRE&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A warm welcome to the [[Struct4U]] Knowledge Center!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to look around, if you have any comments or ideas please let us know via [mailto:support@struct4u.com support@struct4u.com]! Become a part of the [[Struct4U-community]]! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We try to keep the wiki compact. Therefore this wiki is written for you as &#039;&#039;&#039;structural engineer&#039;&#039;&#039;. So we assume a basic level of knowledge regarding mechanics, statics, FEM, materials, software etc. However we will refer to other publications/external links if you want to learn more about a specific subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this &#039;&#039;&#039;Knowledge Center&#039;&#039;&#039; you can find tutorials, quickstarts and background information about all the products([[XFEM4U]], [[XBeam2D]], [[XFrame2D]], [[XConstruct]]) within the Struct4U Engineering Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XFEM4U-2.1-1.jpg|500px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preface==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Languages and standards]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XConstruct]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2D/3D/BIM Import/Export==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Autodesk Revit/Dynamo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tekla Structures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[DWG/DXF]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SDNF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and download==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Download Center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[License &amp;amp; trialversion]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading Credit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background Information and Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Background Information and Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation Eurocode]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation ANSI]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[News and scientific articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FEM best practices and examples]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Example Projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.struct4u.com Struct4U Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://forum.struct4u.com Struct4U Forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.linkedin.com/company/struct4u/ Struct4U LinkedIn Group]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLuORxSM99Nne-XuLHuN1pw/featured Struct4U YouTube Channel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://github.com/DutchSailor/Dyn2Calc.Struct4U Revitlink Struct4U]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/Documentation XFEM4U/}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Home}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Optimization&amp;diff=1247</id>
		<title>Struct4U Optimization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Optimization&amp;diff=1247"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:32:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Struct4UOptimization.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;How does that work?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will go through all the profiles ( in the table Profiles ) as you inserted before. See [[XBeam2D Beams|Beams]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternatives per profile will be shown directly. From these alternatives you can select another profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UOptimize1.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The profile number refers to the profile number in the table Profile shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UOptimize2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chosen profile &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you select the profile type (or group) in which can be searched for alternative profiles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum number per type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter the maximum amount of alternatives per profile type. Standard this value is at 3, but you can vary this value.[[File:Struct4UOptimize3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hereby you choose a profile from the right table &#039;&#039;Alternatives&#039;&#039;. You can also double click on the line in the table to choose the profile.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UOptimize4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this table the possible alternatives are directly shown. Normally the table is sorted on the unity check (u.c.). This unity check is the normative check according to the Eurocode EN1993.  It is also possible to sort the table by profile name or weight by clicking on the column text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;: By changing the moment of inertia,  the force distribution also changes. The optimization function does not take this in to account. It could be possible that the new selected profiles will not be sufficient for your design and you have to use the optimization again. However, you will experience that the optimal design will be determined quickly and easily.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Optimization&amp;diff=1246</id>
		<title>Struct4U Optimization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Optimization&amp;diff=1246"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:32:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Struct4UOptimization.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;How does that work?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will go through all the profiles ( in the table Profiles ) as you inserted before. See [[XBeam2D Beams|Beams]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternatives per profile will be shown directly. From these alternatives you can select another profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UOptimize1.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The profile number refers to the profile number in the table Profile shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UOptimize2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chosen profile &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you select the profile type (or group) in which can be searched for alternative profiles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum number per type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter the maximum amount of alternatives per profile type. Standard this value is at 3, but you can vary this value.[[File:Struct4UOptimize3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hereby you choose a profile from the right table &#039;&#039;Alternatives&#039;&#039;. You can also double click on the line in the table to choose the profile.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UOptimize4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this table the possible alternatives are directly shown. Normally the table is sorted on the unity check (u.c.). This unity check is the normative check according to the Eurocode EN1993.  It is also possible to sort the table by profile name or weight by clicking on the column text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;: By changing the moment of inertia,  the force distribution also changes. The optimization function does not take this in to account. It could be possible that the new selected profiles will not be sufficient for your design and you have to use the optimization again. However, you will experience that the optimal design will be determined quick and easy.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Spy&amp;diff=1245</id>
		<title>XBeam2D Spy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Spy&amp;diff=1245"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:30:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Struct4USpy.png|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Struct4USpy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of the spy you can look at the results of a certain beam in more detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push the button [[File:Struct4USpy.png|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Struct4USpy.png]]. The screen is now separated into two screens. In the left screen the total construction is shown, or a zoomed part of the construction. In the right screen the selected beam is shown. By moving the vertical splitter, the size of both screens can be adapted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the left screen you click on one of the beams. This beam will be drawn in the right screen, including the beam forces. In the right screen you can move the vertical line. The forces are shown in top of the right screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the option of N-lines, D-lines, M-lines and/or deflection lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pushing the button [[File:Struct4USpy.png|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Struct4USpy.png]]one more time you will go back to just having one screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DSpy.png|846x846px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Load_Cases&amp;diff=1244</id>
		<title>XFEM4U Load Cases</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Load_Cases&amp;diff=1244"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:29:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Documentation XFEM4U | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Loads v2.png|1000 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Loads_v2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every load (node load, beam load or node displacements) are inserted per load case.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Load cases=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New loadcase 32x32.png|28 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:New_loadcase_32x32.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Input of the load cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Loadcase.png|545x545px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Loadcase.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This number is generated automatically. You cannot change this number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text to describe the load case&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The type of load. Dependent on the type of load, standard combination factors (frequent / quasi-permanent value ) psi0, psi1, and psi2 are determined according to the Eurocode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These combination factors are offered as a standard by entering the load combinations. However, these values can be adapted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Automatically two load combinations are generated. Permanent and variable loads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Automatically generate combinations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you enter/change load combinations, the load combinations are automatically generated. You can also change these combinations and expand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Permanent load favorable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extra ULS load combinations are generated in which the load factor for the permanent load is 0.90.&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence load case===&lt;br /&gt;
With a click on the right mouse button, the context menu shown below is opened. With these functions you can easily adapt the sequence of the load cases and/or insert load cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Loadcasemenu.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Loadcasemenu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insert&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new load case is created, and inserted above the current load case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load case is deleted, including all the loads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load case is copied, including all the loads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move up/ move down&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A load can be moved up and down a line.&lt;br /&gt;
===Copy load case===&lt;br /&gt;
With the right mouse button the following context menu is opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Loadcasemenu.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Loadcasemenu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy loads from...&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every load from an already existing load case can be copied. The dialog box shown below is opened. Herein you choose the load case from which you want to copy the loads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Copyloadsfrom.png|250 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Copyloadsfrom.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Load_Combinations&amp;diff=1243</id>
		<title>XFEM4U Load Combinations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Load_Combinations&amp;diff=1243"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:29:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Load combinations==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New loadcase 32x32.png|28 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:New_loadcase_32x32.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input of load combinations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Combinations.png|500 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Combinations.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the combination is to be calculated or not&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This number is automatically generated. You cannot change this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text space to describe the load combination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The type of load ULS - ultimate limit state, ULS- fire, SLS-serviceability limit state, quasi permanent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dependent on the type of combination, standard values for the combination factors psi and the load factor gamma are offered according to the Eurocode. These values can be adapted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Columns with load cases&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all the load cases, columns are created. In that way, a table appears in which all the combinations are shown. Every cell contains 2 values in the syntax: &#039;&#039;&#039;combination factor x load factor.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you click on a cell the following dialog box appears. Here you can adapt both values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Psigamma.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Psigamma.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the combination factor and the load factor combo-boxes are offered including the standard values from which you can choose. You can also insert an own value. This gives a lot of freedom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you for instance take one of the values as zero, the product of the two values obviously is zero as well. In that case the cell is showed &#039;empty&#039;. This is only to make things clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By standard there are three load combinations generated. ULS 6.10a, ULS 6.10b and SLS&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence load combinations===&lt;br /&gt;
With the right mouse button the following context menu is opened. With these functions you can easily adapt the sequence of the load combinations, or insert new load combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Loadcasemenu.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:Loadcasemenu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insert&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new load combination is created and inserted above the current load case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load combination is deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load combination is copied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move up/ move down&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A load combination can be moved up and down a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy ULS combination to SLS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every load combination of the type ULS will be copied as type SLS. The load factors are set to 1.00&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Display_Results&amp;diff=1242</id>
		<title>XBeam2D Display Results</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Display_Results&amp;diff=1242"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:28:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:XBeam2DResults.png|none|thumb|1052x1052px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the calculate button [[File:Struct4UCalculate.png|35x35px]] or select the tab Results and your construction is calculated very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select combination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select the load combination or the load case which you want to be shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[File:XBeam2DDisplayOptions.png|50x50px]]display options you can choose what you want to see. See Display options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UNotifications.png]] &#039;&#039;&#039;Notifications&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the force distribution can not be calculated, for instance when the construction is instable,  a dialog box is opened. This screen can be reopened with the button shown above. In this dialog box the notifications of the calculation module are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
notifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UNotifications1.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4USpy.png]]&#039;&#039;&#039;Spy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of the spy you can look at the results of a certain beam in more detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[XBeam2D Spy|Spy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4USpy.png]]&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate settings. See [[XBeam2D Calculation settings|Calculation settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UOptimization.png]]&#039;&#039;&#039;Optimization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optimize steel profiles. See [[Struct4U Optimization|Optimization.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Longitudinal_reinforcement&amp;diff=1241</id>
		<title>Struct4U Longitudinal reinforcement</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Longitudinal_reinforcement&amp;diff=1241"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:28:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The required longitudinal reinforcement is automatically designed. In this tab the reinforcement is shown and you can also adapt all reinforcement. Both the basic reinforcement and the additional reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DRC1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adapt the reinforcement bars&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double click at the reinforcement bar with the left mouse button. A dialogue box is opened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DRC3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose between &amp;quot;amount x diameter&amp;quot; , &amp;quot;diameter - ctc distance&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;mm2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extend/shorten the reinforcement bars&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the end of the bar with your mouse. The cursor changes and you can easily extend / shorten the bar.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move the reinforcement bars&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move your mouse to the reinforcement. The cursor changes and you can easily move the bar.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy reinforcement bar&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move your mouse to the reinforcement. With the right mouse button you open a context menu, select copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete reinforcement bar&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move your mouse to the reinforcement. With the right mouse button you open a context menu, select delete. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Longitudinal reinforcement/ stirrups&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose to display the longitudinal reinforcement or the stirrups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Struct4USpy.png]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show a moveable screen with the reinforcement tables&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DRC4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UCalculate.png|43x43px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can re-design the reinforcement of this beam. This may be necessary if, for example, you have adjusted the geometry or load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DRC5.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UCut.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cut&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can cut the reinforcement bars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UConcreteSection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete cross section&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can ask for a drawing and detailed calculation of every cross section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Struct4UConcreteCrossSection.png|462x462px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose for &#039;&#039;&#039;Preview&#039;&#039;&#039; if you want to obtain a detailed calculation&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Main_Page&amp;diff=1240</id>
		<title>Talk:Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:Main_Page&amp;diff=1240"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:23:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Main Page to Talk:Home&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:Home]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1239</id>
		<title>Talk:KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Talk:KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1239"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:23:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Talk:Main Page to Talk:Home&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Home&amp;diff=1238</id>
		<title>Home</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Home&amp;diff=1238"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:23:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Main Page to Home&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Home]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1237</id>
		<title>KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1237"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:23:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u moved page Main Page to Home&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A warm welcome to the [[Struct4U]] Knowledge Center!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to look around, if you have any comments or ideas please let us know via [mailto:support@struct4u.com support@struct4u.com]! Become a part of the [[Struct4U-community]]! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We try to keep the wiki compact. Therefore this wiki is written for you as &#039;&#039;&#039;structural engineer&#039;&#039;&#039;. So we assume a basic level of knowledge regarding mechanics, statics, FEM, materials, software etc. However we will refer to other publications/external links if you want to learn more about a specific subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this &#039;&#039;&#039;Knowledge Center&#039;&#039;&#039; you can find tutorials, quickstarts and background information about all the products([[XFEM4U]], [[XBeam2D]], [[XFrame2D]], [[XConstruct]]) within the Struct4U Engineering Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XFEM4U-2.1-1.jpg|500px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preface==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Languages and standards]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XConstruct]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2D/3D/BIM Import/Export==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Autodesk Revit/Dynamo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tekla Structures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[DWG/DXF]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SDNF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and download==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Download Center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[License &amp;amp; trialversion]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading Credit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background Information and Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Background Information and Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation Eurocode]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation ANSI]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[News and scientific articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FEM best practices and examples]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Example Projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.struct4u.com Struct4U Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://forum.struct4u.com Struct4U Forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.linkedin.com/company/struct4u/ Struct4U LinkedIn Group]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLuORxSM99Nne-XuLHuN1pw/featured Struct4U YouTube Channel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://github.com/DutchSailor/Dyn2Calc.Struct4U Revitlink Struct4U]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/Documentation XFEM4U/}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Home}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1236</id>
		<title>KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1236"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:19:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A warm welcome to the [[Struct4U]] Knowledge Center!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to look around, if you have any comments or ideas please let us know via [mailto:support@struct4u.com support@struct4u.com]! Become a part of the [[Struct4U-community]]! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We try to keep the wiki compact. Therefore this wiki is written for you as &#039;&#039;&#039;structural engineer&#039;&#039;&#039;. So we assume a basic level of knowledge regarding mechanics, statics, FEM, materials, software etc. However we will refer to other publications/external links if you want to learn more about a specific subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this &#039;&#039;&#039;Knowledge Center&#039;&#039;&#039; you can find tutorials, quickstarts and background information about all the products([[XFEM4U]], [[XBeam2D]], [[XFrame2D]], [[XConstruct]]) within the Struct4U Engineering Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XFEM4U-2.1-1.jpg|500px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preface==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Languages and standards]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XConstruct]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2D/3D/BIM Import/Export==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Autodesk Revit/Dynamo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tekla Structures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[DWG/DXF]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SDNF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and download==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Download Center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[License &amp;amp; trialversion]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading Credit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background Information and Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Background Information and Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation Eurocode]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation ANSI]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[News and scientific articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FEM best practices and examples]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Example Projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.struct4u.com Struct4U Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://forum.struct4u.com Struct4U Forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.linkedin.com/company/struct4u/ Struct4U LinkedIn Group]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLuORxSM99Nne-XuLHuN1pw/featured Struct4U YouTube Channel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://github.com/DutchSailor/Dyn2Calc.Struct4U Revitlink Struct4U]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/Documentation XFEM4U/}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Home}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Design_Arrangements&amp;diff=1235</id>
		<title>Struct4U Design Arrangements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Struct4U_Design_Arrangements&amp;diff=1235"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:18:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://68.183.11.126/index.php/Documentation_XFEM4U BACK]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coordinate systems and design arrangement are identical for all the programs of the Struct4U Engineering Tools. We know four &#039;&#039;&#039;clockwise&#039;&#039;&#039; coordinate systems.&lt;br /&gt;
====Main coordinate system====&lt;br /&gt;
The location of this global coordinate system is arbitrary. The XY-plane coincides with the plane of the framework. This coordinate system is used for setting the node coordinates, node limitations and node loads. Calculated node deformations and support reactions will be displayed relative to this coordinate system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within [[XFrame2D]] and [[XBeam2D]] the 2D-elevation of the frame is in the XZ-plane.[[File:MainCoordinates.png|200px|none|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:MainCoordinates.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Beam coordinate system====&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of this coordinate system is always in the beginning of the relevant beam. The XZ-plane coincides with the plane of the framework. The x-axis coincides with the beam-axis.[[File:BeamCoordinates.png|200px|none|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:BeamCoordinates.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Node coordinate system====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NodeCoordinate.png|200px|none|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:NodeCoordinate.png]]It is possible to use a local (node-) coordinate system. The origin lies in the relevant node. The direction of the x-axis is determined by assigning a relative dx and dz coming from the relevant node ( see the figure above). Local coordinate systems can be used to calculate node limitations ( support reactions and restrains ), node loads and/or node deformations in an arbitrary direction.&lt;br /&gt;
====Plate coordinate system====&lt;br /&gt;
The planar plane of the plate is the local XY-plane. If the plate is drawn clockwise then the Z-axe is positive.[[File:PlateCoordinateSystem.png|200px|none|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:PlateCoordinateSystem.png]]The in- and output data will be displayed with regard to the above explained coordinate system.&lt;br /&gt;
*A force in the direction of the positive x- or z- axis is considered positive.&lt;br /&gt;
*A moment rotating from the positive x-axis to the positive z-axis (according to the cork-screw rule) is positive.&lt;br /&gt;
*A moment opposite to the &#039;clockwise&#039; rotation is positive.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_XFrame2D_Eurocode_Steel&amp;diff=1234</id>
		<title>XBeam2D XFrame2D Eurocode Steel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_XFrame2D_Eurocode_Steel&amp;diff=1234"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:13:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:XBeam2DEurocode.png|675x675px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EN 1993-1-1 / EN 1995-1-1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically and only for the check according to Eurocode 3: NEN-EN 1993-1-1 respectively Eurocode 5: NEN-EN 1995-1-1 data can be inserted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam group&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically and only for the lateral-torsional buckling resistance check a beam group can be inserted here. XFrame2d automatically detects for which beams this qualifies. Only the beams which are connected by a fully fixed connection to this particular beam and have the same profile will be shown. You can select which beams should be taken into account. For this group you subsequently enter the length between the lateral restraints and the buckling length out of plane.    &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cantilever&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cantilever&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting if the beam should be considered as a cantilever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lateral torsional buckling&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amount of lateral supports / distances between lateral supports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is only relevant for the check of lateral torsional buckling. You can enter the lateral supports for the top and the bottom flange.    &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;There are 3 possibilities:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;There are 3 possibilities:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Number: The amount of lateral supports. They are the extra (lateral supports) between the supports distributed over the length of the beam(group)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
2. Distances: The lengths between the lateral restraints from the beginning of the beam (group). The syntax is &#039;&#039;length1 length2 amountxlenght3.. etc&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
For example 3000 3x2200 2800 &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
3. Node numbers Selecting the node numbers which are in the beam group.    &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buckling length&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buckling length&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The buckling length out of plane. According to the check by Eurocode 3: NEN-EN 1993-1-1 resp. Eurocode 5: NEN-EN 1995-1-1 this is based on a geometric non linear force distribution. This means that the buckling of the beams in the plane of the frameworks is provided implicitly. For every load combination the internal stability is determined iteratively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However buckling out of the plane should be reviewed. Default the buckling lengths out of plane are taken equal to the beam length. In case this does not hold a different buckling length can be entered.    &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Check deflection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Check deflection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting if deflection has to be checked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This influences the requirement of additional deflection.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional deflection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Requirement of additional deflection.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Final deflection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Requirements of final deflection.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-camber&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The size of pre-camber in mm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_XFrame2D_Load_Combinations&amp;diff=1233</id>
		<title>XBeam2D XFrame2D Load Combinations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_XFrame2D_Load_Combinations&amp;diff=1233"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:08:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* Load combinations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Load combinations===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DLoadCombinations.png|frameless|830x830px|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DLoadCombinations.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This number is automatically generated. You cannot change this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text space to describe the load combination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The type of load (ULS - ultimate limit state, ULS- fire, SLS-serviceability limit state, quasi permanent). Dependent on the type of combination, standard values for the combination factors (psi) and the load factor (gamma) are offered according to the Eurocode. But these values can be adapted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Columns with load cases&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all the load cases, columns are created. In that way, a table appears in which all the combinations are shown. Every cell contains 2 values in the syntax : combination factor x load factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you click on the cell the following dialogue box appears. Here you can adapt both values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DLoadCombinations2.png|frameless|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DLoadCombinations2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the combination factor and the load factor combo-boxes are offered including the standard values from which you can choose. You can also insert an own value. This gives a lot of freedom. If you for instance take one of the values as zero, the product of the two values obviously is zero as well. In that case the cell is showed &#039;empty&#039;. This is only to make things clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standard there are three load combinations generated. (ULS (6.10a), ULS (6.10b) and SLS)&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence load combinations===&lt;br /&gt;
With a click on the right mouse button, the context menu shown below is opened. With these functions you can easily adapt the sequence of the load cases and/or insert load cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DLoadCasesSequence.png|frameless|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DLoadCasesSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insert&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new load combination is created and inserted above the current load case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load combination is deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load combination is copied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move up/ move down&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A load combination can be moved up and down a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy ULS combination to SLS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every load combination of the type ULS will be copied as type SLS. The load factors are set to 1.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_XFrame2D_Load_Cases&amp;diff=1232</id>
		<title>XBeam2D XFrame2D Load Cases</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_XFrame2D_Load_Cases&amp;diff=1232"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:07:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* Load Cases */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Load Cases===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DRibbonLoads.png|frameless|969x969px|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DRibbonLoads.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every load (node load, beam load or node displacements) is inserted per load case.&lt;br /&gt;
===Input of the load cases===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DLoadCases.png|frameless|588x588px|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DLoadCases.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This number is generated automatically. You cannot change this number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text to describe the load case&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The type of load. Dependent on the type of load, standard combination factors psi0, psi1, and psi2 are determined according to the Eurocode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These combination factors are offered as a standard by entering the load combinations. However, these values can be adapted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Automatically two load combinations are generated. Permanent and variable loads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Automatically generate combinations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you enter / change load combinations, the load combinations are automatically generated. You can also change these combinations and expand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence load cases===&lt;br /&gt;
With a click on the right mouse button, the context menu shown below is opened. With these functions you can easily adapt the sequence of the load cases and/or insert load cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DLoadCasesSequence.png|frameless|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DLoadCasesSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Insert&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new load case is created, and inserted above the current load case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load case is deleted, including all the loads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The load case is copied, including all the loads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move up/ move down&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A load can be moved up and down a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy loads from..&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every load from an already existing load case can be copied. The dialog box shown below is opened. Herein you choose the load case from which you want to copy the loads.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1231</id>
		<title>Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1231"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:06:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you draw a beam, a profile needs to be chosen / inserted. You are asked what kind of profile you want to add. Also if you want to enter a new profile, you are asked what kind of profile you want to insert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DocumentationXFEM4UBeam3.png|250 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Steel===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Steel Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can adapt all profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the profile name here, or select a profile from the database. You can also directly type IPE160, HEA200 or HE200A here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you want to enter a common steel profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... at the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have relevant a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant numbers in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile dimensions of the standard profiles by the use of this method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus, which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile within or between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross sectional shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from a large amount of cross sectional shapes. When you have choose a shape, you can subsequently adapt the profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete top layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to insert an in-situ concrete top layer with a different concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prefab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to use prefab concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Steel grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steel grade of the basic and additional reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creep coefficient&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creep coefficient of concrete. By this coefficient the effective creep coefficient is calculated according to EN 1992-1-1 art. 5.8.4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can insert the creep coefficient yourself or you can have it calculated. See Creep. When the creep coefficient is calculated, a detailed calculation according to  EN 1992-1-1 B.1 is displayed in the output as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h concrete layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the in-situ concrete top layer in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Cover.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental or exposure class is used for the determination of the required cover. See  Exposure classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can be checked, cannot be checked or finished&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delta_Cdev&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execution tolerance of the concrete cover in mm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete cover top  / bottom  in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Side cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Side cover left / right in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile longitudinal reinforcement.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top/bottom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 1: &amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 2: &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 3: &amp;lt;mm2&amp;gt; [ / &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2nd layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top / bottom in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional reinforcement diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diameters by which the additional reinforcement is designed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the option if the basis reinforcement is in the first or in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transverse reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the diameter of the transverse reinforcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete trench&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete trench in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Stirrups.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup diameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distances&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup distances&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Number of stirrup sections&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of stirrup sections. For shear force this is normally 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle compression strut&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle compression strut in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum shear reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the minimum shear reinforcement should be taken in to account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete interface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of an in-situ concrete top layer, the pouring surface can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cocrete interface.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Height of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Width of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a in-situ concrete top layer: Concrete grade that needs to be used for the shear force calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Timber===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile .png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the profile sizes by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select a profile from the existing database. You can also directly type 75 x 200 or 75 x 225&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to enter a known timber profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... on the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Material&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type of timber&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image 2022-07-25 142510944.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Timber class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber class.png|75 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Climate class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Climate class.png|30 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from a variety of basic shapes. In this way you can make the profile yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile sizes by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile sizes of the standard profiles in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile within or between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Build-up selection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this module you can built up any section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection list V2.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039; any profiles here.  Using &#039;&#039;&#039;Properties&#039;&#039;&#039; you can change your profile or alter the profile dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection Profile.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select from our profile database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special input: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Half H syntax: &amp;quot;1/2 profile name [ - min dimension ]&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 1/2IPE300 or 1/2HE650B-5&lt;br /&gt;
# Rectangular: syntax: &amp;quot;S width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;F width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; S200x12&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole:  syntax: &amp;quot;G width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;H width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; H50x2&lt;br /&gt;
# Round: syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R50&lt;br /&gt;
# Tube(segment): syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter x thickness [ / hoek1 / hoek2 ] &amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R500x12 or R500x12/0/180&lt;br /&gt;
# Trangle:  syntax: &amp;quot;D width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;T width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; T50x60&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate u in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate v in mm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Graphical input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphical view of the built up section, with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* profiles used. The focused section is displayed in another color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* coordinate system  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* centroid  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* principal axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* distances from centroid to all largest dimensions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of radius of gyration  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of plastic neutral axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Mouse right click context menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:context menu.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:menu.png|500 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you can change the focused profile by left click mouse button within the profile bounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Profiles can be moved. There is an automatic snap to known points, which will make moving profile quite easy. You can change the coordinates as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom window&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can zoom in on a part of your construction. You can use this by making the graphical input easier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom extents&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With zoom extents the total built up section is shown in full screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pan&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of pan you can drag / move a zoomed part of your drawing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this modus distances can be measured.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1230</id>
		<title>XBeam2D Beams</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1230"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T14:00:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the graphical screen beams can be added very easily by drawing them. In the function bar you choose this icon: [[File:XBeam2DIcon.png|22x22px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams are drawn as a &#039;polyline&#039; just as you know it in AutoCAD. The begin node from a following beam is the end node of the last drawn beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible, but not necessary, to draw nodes before you insert the beams. You can also start with drawing the beams, in this way the nodes will be inserted automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you draw your first beam, the dialog box shown below appears. In this box you can insert the beam connections and the profile of the beam. Use the escape-key to end the drawing of the beams. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beam properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Changing a beam&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing a beam is possible by clicking on the beam with the left mouse button, and subsequently choose for properties by clicking with the right mouse button. There is a more easy way, namely a double click on the beam. Consequently the following dialog box will be opened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DProperties.png|447x447px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the begin node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the end node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the angle in degrees with the global x-axis. The direction opposite to the clockwise direction is positive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of the beam type it is shown if the beam in the relevant node is connected by a hinged or a stiff connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Indices&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides (default)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end,  ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides are connected by springs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|At the beginning connected by a spring; pinned connection at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; end connected by a spring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides a pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Connection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically and only for the spring beam connections, the spring data needs to be inserted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See Spring beam connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you choose the profile name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle of the profile. That is the angle relative to the local coordinate system. Normally this is zero degrees. When you want, for example, to enter loaded at its weak axis you fill in 90 degrees. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DNewCopy.png|none|thumb|308x308px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can also add new profiles, copy profiles and  delete profiles. Choose for Properties when you want to adapt the profile data and/or want to select another standard profile type from the profile database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elastic soil&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This enables you to enter an elastic supported beam. The elastic soil  is schematized as a number of spring that can support positive reactions only. The spring distance can adjusted with &amp;quot;Smoothing&amp;quot;. The spring value of the spring will be calculated automatically.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction in kN/m3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Global values of Sub-Grade Reaction of several types of soil.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Modulus Sub-Grade [kN/m3]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded gravel and gravel / sand mixtures, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded gravel, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|gravel / sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded sand and gravelly sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|40000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 80000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|very fine sand, loamy sand&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 50000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|solid clay&lt;br /&gt;
|10000 - 30000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|weak clay and peat&lt;br /&gt;
|0 - 10000&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Width&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of support. Default is the width of the used section but it can be adjusted as well. The width is relevant to determine the spring value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Smoothing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default the spacing corresponds with 1x section height. It is possible to change this from 0,5x to 5x section height. This value is relevant to determine the spring value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input per beam&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When this is switched on the dialog above will be displayed each time a new beam is drawn. This for example enables you to switch the profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Beams&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams can also be added/changed in the table Beams in the left bottom. It doesn&#039;t matter. It is also possible to change in between graphical drawing and numerical input via tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DTable.png|1033x1033px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spring beam connection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following dialogue box is opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DBeamConnections.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can adapt the spring characteristics of a spring connection ( for example a semi-rigid fixed connection). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the connection, this number is set automatically. From the beams reference is made to this number. In that way the same connection can be applied multiple times. The spring characteristics are only defined one time. So afterwards adapting the spring characteristics is very easy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kx&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stiffness in kN/m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cy&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentum stiffness in kNm/rad.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1229</id>
		<title>XBeam2D Beams</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1229"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:59:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the graphical screen beams can be added very easily by drawing them. In the function bar you choose this icon: [[File:XBeam2DIcon.png|22x22px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams are drawn as a &#039;polyline&#039; just as you know it in AutoCAD. The begin node from a following beam is the end node of the last drawn beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible, but not necessary, to draw nodes before you insert the beams. You can also start with drawing the beams, in this way the nodes will be inserted automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you draw your first beam, the dialog box shown below appears. In this box you can insert the beam connections and the profile of the beam. Use the escape-key to end the drawing of the beams. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beam properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Changing a beam&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing a beam is possible by clicking on the beam with the left mouse button, and subsequently choose for properties by clicking with the right mouse button. There is a more easy way, namely a double click on the beam. Consequently the following dialog box will be opened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DProperties.png|447x447px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the begin node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the end node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the angle in degrees with the global x-axis. The direction opposite to the clockwise direction is positive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of the beam type it is shown if the beam in the relevant node is connected by a hinged or a stiff connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Indices&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides (default)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end,  ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides are connected by springs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|At the beginning connected by a spring; pinned connection at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; end connected by a spring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides a pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Connection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically and only for the spring beam connections, the spring data needs to be inserted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See Spring beam connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you choose the profile name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle of the profile. That is the angle relative to the local coordinate system. Normally this is zero degrees. When you want, for example, to enter loaded at its weak axis you fill in 90 degrees. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DNewCopy.png|none|thumb|308x308px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can also add new profiles, copy profiles and  delete profiles. Choose for Properties when you want to adapt the profile data and/or want to select another standard profile type from the profile database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elastic soil&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This enables you to enter an elastic supported beam. The elastic soil  is schematized as a number of spring that can support positive reactions only. The spring distance can adjusted with &amp;quot;Smoothing&amp;quot;. The spring value of the spring will be calculated automatically.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction in kN/m3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Global values of Sub-Grade Reaction of several types of soil.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Modulus Sub-Grade [kN/m3]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded gravel and gravel / sand mixtures, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded gravel, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|gravel / sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded sand and gravelly sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|40000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 80000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|very fine sand, loamy sand&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 50000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|solid clay&lt;br /&gt;
|10000 - 30000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|weak clay and peat&lt;br /&gt;
|0 - 10000&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Width&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of support. Default is the width of the used section but it can be adjusted as well. The width is relevant to determine the spring value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Smoothing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default the spacing corresponds with 1x section height. It is possible to change this from 0,5x to 5x section height. This value is relevant to determine the spring value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input per beam&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When this is switched on the dialog above will be displayed each time a new beam is drawn. This for example enables you to switch the profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Beams&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams can also be added/changed in the table Beams in the left bottom. It doesn&#039;t matter. It is also possible to change in between graphical drawing and numerical input via tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DTable.png|1033x1033px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spring beam connection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following dialogue box is opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DBeamConnections.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can adapt the spring characteristics of a spring connection ( for example a semi-rigid fixed connection) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the connection, this number is set automatically. From the beams reference is made to this number. In that way the same connection can be applied multiple times. The spring characteristics are only defined one time. So afterwards adapting the spring characteristics is very easy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kx&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stiffness in kN/m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cy&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentum stiffness in kNm/rad&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1228</id>
		<title>XBeam2D Beams</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1228"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:57:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the graphical screen beams can be added very easily by drawing them. In the function bar you choose this icon: [[File:XBeam2DIcon.png|22x22px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams are drawn as a &#039;polyline&#039; just as you know it in AutoCAD. The begin node from a following beam is the end node of the last drawn beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible, but not necessary, to draw nodes before you insert the beams. You can also start with drawing the beams, in this way the nodes will be inserted automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you draw your first beam, the dialog box shown below appears. In this box you can insert the beam connections and the profile of the beam. Use the escape-key to end the drawing of the beams. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beam properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Changing a beam&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing a beam is possible by clicking on the beam with the left mouse button, and subsequently choose for properties by clicking with the right mouse button. There is a more easy way, namely a double click on the beam. Consequently the following dialog box will be opened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DProperties.png|447x447px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the begin node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the end node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the angle in degrees with the global x-axis. The direction opposite to the clockwise direction is positive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of the beam type it is shown if the beam in the relevant node is connected by a hinged or a stiff connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Indices&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides (default)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end,  ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides are connected by springs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|At the beginning connected by a spring; pinned connection at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; end connected by a spring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides a pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Connection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically and only for the spring beam connections, the spring data needs to be inserted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See Spring beam connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you choose the profile name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle of the profile. That is the angle relative to the local coordinate system. Normally this is zero degrees. When you want, for example, to enter loaded at its weak axis you fill in 90 degrees. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DNewCopy.png|none|thumb|308x308px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can also add new profiles, copy profiles and  delete profiles. Choose for Properties when you want to adapt the profile data and/or want to select another standard profile type from the profile database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elastic soil&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This enables you to enter a elastic supported beam. The elastic soil  is schematized as a number of spring that can support positive reactions only. The spring distance can adjusted with &amp;quot;Smoothing&amp;quot;. The spring value of the spring will be calculated automatically.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction in kN/m3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Global values of Sub-Grade Reaction of several types of soil.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Modulus Sub-Grade [kN/m3]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded gravel and gravel / sand mixtures, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded gravel, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|gravel / sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded sand and gravely sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|40000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 80000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|very fine sand, loamy sand&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 50000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|solid clay&lt;br /&gt;
|10000 - 30000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|weak clay and peat&lt;br /&gt;
|0 - 10000&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Width&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of support. Default is this the width of the used section but it can be adjusted as well. The width is relevant to determine the spring value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Smoothing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default the spacing corresponds with 1x section height. It is possible to change this from 0,5x to 5x section height. This value is relevant to determine the spring value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input per beam&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When this is switched on the dialog above will be displayed each time a new beam is drawn. This for example enables you to switch the profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Beams&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams can also be added/changed in the table Beams in the left bottom. It doesn&#039;t matter. It is also possible to change in between graphical drawing and numerical input via tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DTable.png|1033x1033px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spring beam connection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following dialog box is opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DBeamConnections.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can adapt the spring characteristics of a spring connection ( for example a semi-rigid fixed connection) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the connection, this number is set automatically. From the beams reference is made to this number. In that way the same connection can be applied multiple times. The spring characteristics are only defined one time. So afterwards adapting the spring characteristics is very easy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kx&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stiffness in kN/m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cy&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentum stiffness in kNm/rad&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1227</id>
		<title>XBeam2D Beams</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Beams&amp;diff=1227"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:56:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the graphical screen beams can be added very easily by drawing them. In the function bar you choose this icon: [[File:XBeam2DIcon.png|22x22px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams are drawn as a &#039;polyline&#039; just as you know it in AutoCAD. The begin node from a following beam is the end node of the last drawn beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible, but not necessary, to draw nodes before you insert the beams. You can also start with drawing the beams, in this way the nodes will be inserted automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you draw your first beam, the dialog box shown below appears. In this box you can insert the beam connections and the profile of the beam. Use the escape-key to end the drawing of the beams. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beam properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Changing a beam&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changing a beam is possible by clicking on the beam with the left mouse button, and subsequently choose for properties by clicking with the right mouse button. There is a more easy way, namely a double click on the beam. Consequently the following dialog box will be opened. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DProperties.png|447x447px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the begin node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To node no.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the end node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the angle in degrees with the global x-axis. The direction opposite to the clockwise direction is positive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of the beam type it is shown if the beam in the relevant node is connected by a hinged or a stiff connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Indices&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides (default)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY tension&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection both sides, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Fixed connection at beginning; pinned connection at the end,  ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; fixed connection at the end, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides pinned connection, ONLY pressure&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides are connected by springs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|At the beginning connected by a spring; pinned connection at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pinned connection at beginning; end connected by a spring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:XBeam2DConnection15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Both sides a pinned connection&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Connection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically and only for the spring beam connections, the spring data needs to be inserted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See Spring beam connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you choose the profile name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle of the profile. That is the angle relative to the local coordinate system. Normally this is zero degrees. When you want to for example enter the column rotated (so loaded at it&#039;s weak axis) you fill in 90 degrees. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DNewCopy.png|none|thumb|308x308px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can also add new profiles, copy profiles and  delete profiles. Choose for Properties when you want to adapt the profile data and/or want to select another standard profile type from the profile database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elastic soil&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This enables you to enter a elastic supported beam. The elastic soil  is schematized as a number of spring that can support positive reactions only. The spring distance can adjusted with &amp;quot;Smoothing&amp;quot;. The spring value of the spring will be calculated automatically.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modulus of Sub-Grade Reaction in kN/m3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Global values of Sub-Grade Reaction of several types of soil.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Modulus Sub-Grade [kN/m3]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded gravel and gravel / sand mixtures, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded gravel, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|80000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|gravel / sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 130000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|well-graded sand and gravely sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|50000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|poorly graded sand, with little or no fine&lt;br /&gt;
|40000 - 100000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sand / clay mixtures&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 80000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|very fine sand, loamy sand&lt;br /&gt;
|30000 - 50000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|solid clay&lt;br /&gt;
|10000 - 30000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|weak clay and peat&lt;br /&gt;
|0 - 10000&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Width&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of support. Default is this the width of the used section but it can be adjusted as well. The width is relevant to determine the spring value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Smoothing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default the spacing corresponds with 1x section height. It is possible to change this from 0,5x to 5x section height. This value is relevant to determine the spring value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input per beam&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When this is switched on the dialog above will be displayed each time a new beam is drawn. This for example enables you to switch the profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Beams&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beams can also be added/changed in the table Beams in the left bottom. It doesn&#039;t matter. It is also possible to change in between graphical drawing and numerical input via tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DTable.png|1033x1033px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spring beam connection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following dialog box is opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DBeamConnections.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can adapt the spring characteristics of a spring connection ( for example a semi-rigid fixed connection) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the number of the connection, this number is set automatically. From the beams reference is made to this number. In that way the same connection can be applied multiple times. The spring characteristics are only defined one time. So afterwards adapting the spring characteristics is very easy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kx&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stiffness in kN/m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cy&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentum stiffness in kNm/rad&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Supports&amp;diff=1226</id>
		<title>XBeam2D Supports</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XBeam2D_Supports&amp;diff=1226"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:55:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Standard supports can very easily be added in the graphical screen. In the menu bar you can choose for one of the following supports:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the supports that are the most common in practice, but you can also add an arbitrary (spring) support by making use of the &#039;A&#039;, &#039;P&#039;, &#039;N&#039; or &#039;S&#039;. See the table below. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DPinned.png|46x46px]]Pinned support (Tz,Ty,Rz) ( &#039;A&#039;,&#039;A&#039;,&#039; &#039;) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DRoller.png|46x46px]]Roller support z-direction (Tx,Tz,Ry) ( &#039; &#039;,&#039;A&#039;, &#039; &#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DRoller2.png|46x46px]]Roller support x-direction (Tx,Tz,Ry) ( &#039;A&#039;,&#039; &#039;, &#039; &#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DFixed.png|46x46px]]Fixed support (Tx,Tz,Ry) ( &#039;A&#039;,&#039;A&#039;, &#039;A&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DSpringX.png|46x46px]]Springer support x-direction (Tx,Tz,Ry) ( &#039;S&#039;,&#039; &#039;, &#039; &#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DSpringZ.png|46x46px]]Springer support z-direction (Tx,Tz,Ry) ( &#039; &#039;,&#039;S&#039;, &#039; &#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DSpringY.png|46x46px]]Springer support y-direction (Tx,Tz,Ry) ( &#039; &#039;,&#039; &#039;, &#039;S&#039;) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this modus you can apply multiple supports by the use of the left mouse button. By placing the support, you will see the coordinates in the right bottom. As is shown in the image below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supports can be added arbitrarily, in a fixed raster or on grid lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Changing a support ====&lt;br /&gt;
Changing a support is possible by clicking on the node by use of the left mouse button, and subsequently choose for properties by clicking on the right mouse button. There also is a more easy way, namely by a double click on the node. Consequently the following dialogue box will be opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DNode.png|433x433px|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DNode.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Indices&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039; &#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|free - no limitation &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Fully limited  (Absolute) &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Limited for a Positive reaction force; free for a negative reaction force&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Limited for a Negative reaction force; free for a positive reaction force&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Spring (Spring); spring value needs to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Table Nodes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Supports can also be added/changed in the table nodes in the left bottom. It does not matter. It is also possible to change in between graphical input and  numerical input via tables. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DNodeTable.png|842x842px|link=http://68.183.11.126/index.php/File:XBeam2DNodeTable.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1225</id>
		<title>Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1225"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:53:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you draw a beam, a profile needs to be chosen / inserted. There is asked what kind of profile you want to add. Also if you want to enter a new profile, you are asked what kind of profile you want to insert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DocumentationXFEM4UBeam3.png|250 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Steel===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Steel Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can adapt all profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the profile name here, or select a profile from the database. You can also directly type IPE160, HEA200 or HE200A here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you want to enter a common steel profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... at the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have relevant a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning numbers in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile dimensions of the standard profiles by the use of this method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus, which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile within or between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross sectional shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from a large amount of cross sectional shapes. When you have choose a shape, you can subsequently adapt the profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete top layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to insert an in-situ concrete top layer with a different concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prefab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to use prefab concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Steel grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steel grade of the basic and additional reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creep coefficient&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creep coefficient of concrete. By this coefficient the effective creep coefficient is calculated according to EN 1992-1-1 art. 5.8.4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can insert the creep coefficient yourself or you can have it calculated. See Creep. When the creep coefficient is calculated, a detailed calculation according to  EN 1992-1-1 B.1 is displayed in the output as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h concrete layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the in-situ concrete top layer in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Cover.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental or exposure class is used for the determination of the required cover. See  Exposure classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can be checked, cannot be checked or finished&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delta_Cdev&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execution tolerance of the concrete cover in mm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete cover top  / bottom  in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Side cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Side cover left / right in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile longitudinal reinforcement.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top/bottom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 1: &amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 2: &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 3: &amp;lt;mm2&amp;gt; [ / &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2nd layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top / bottom in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional reinforcement diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diameters by which the additional reinforcement is designed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the option if the basis reinforcement is in the first or in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transverse reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the diameter of the transverse reinforcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete trench&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete trench in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Stirrups.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup diameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distances&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup distances&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Number of stirrup sections&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of stirrup sections. For shear force this is normally 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle compression strut&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle compression strut in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum shear reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the minimum shear reinforcement should be taken in to account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete interface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of an in-situ concrete top layer, the pouring surface can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cocrete interface.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Height of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Width of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a in-situ concrete top layer: Concrete grade that needs to be used for the shear force calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Timber===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile .png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the profile sizes by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select a profile from the existing database. You can also directly type 75 x 200 or 75 x 225&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to enter a known timber profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... on the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Material&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type of timber&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image 2022-07-25 142510944.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Timber class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber class.png|75 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Climate class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Climate class.png|30 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from an amount of basic shapes. In this way you can make the profile yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile sizes by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile sizes of the standard profiles in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile within or between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Build-up selection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this module you can built up any section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection list V2.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039; any profiles here.  Using &#039;&#039;&#039;Properties&#039;&#039;&#039; you can change your profile or alter the profile dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection Profile.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select from our profile database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special input: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Half H syntax: &amp;quot;1/2 profile name [ - min dimension ]&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 1/2IPE300 or 1/2HE650B-5&lt;br /&gt;
# Rectangular: syntax: &amp;quot;S width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;F width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; S200x12&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole:  syntax: &amp;quot;G width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;H width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; H50x2&lt;br /&gt;
# Round: syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R50&lt;br /&gt;
# Tube(segment): syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter x thickness [ / hoek1 / hoek2 ] &amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R500x12 or R500x12/0/180&lt;br /&gt;
# Trangle:  syntax: &amp;quot;D width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;T width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; T50x60&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate u in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate v in mm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Graphical input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphical view of the built up section, with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* profiles used. The focused section is displayed in another color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* coordinate system  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* centroid  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* principal axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* distances from centroid to all largest dimensions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of radius of gyration  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of plastic neutral axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Mouse right click context menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:context menu.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:menu.png|500 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you can change the focused profile by left click mouse button within the profile bounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Profiles can be moved. There is an automatic snap to known points, which will make moving profile quite easy. You can change the coordinates as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom window&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can zoom in on a part of your construction. You can use this by making the graphical input easier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom extents&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With zoom extents the total built up section is shown in full screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pan&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of pan you can drag / move a zoomed part of your drawing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this modus distances can be measured.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1224</id>
		<title>Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1224"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:37:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you draw a beam, a profile needs to be chosen / inserted. There is asked what kind of profile you want to add. Also if you want to enter a new profile, you are asked what kind of profile you want to insert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DocumentationXFEM4UBeam3.png|250 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Steel===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Steel Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can adapt all profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the profile name here, or select a profile from the database. You can also directly type IPE160, HEA200 or HE200A here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you want to enter a common steel profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... at the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have relevant a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning numbers in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile dimensions of the standard profiles by the use of this method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus, which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile within or between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross sectional shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from a large amount of cross sectional shapes. When you have choose a shape, you can subsequently adapt the profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete top layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to insert an in-situ concrete top layer with a different concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prefab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to use prefab concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Steel grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steel grade of the basic and additional reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creep coefficient&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creep coefficient of concrete. By this coefficient the effective creep coefficient is calculated according to EN 1992-1-1 art. 5.8.4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can insert the creep coefficient yourself or you can have it calculated. See Creep. When the creep coefficient is calculated, a detailed calculation according to  EN 1992-1-1 B.1 is displayed in the output as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h concrete layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the in-situ concrete top layer in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Cover.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental or exposure class is used for the determination of the required cover. See  Exposure classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can be checked, cannot be checked or finished&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delta_Cdev&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execution tolerance of the concrete cover in mm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete cover top  / bottom  in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Side cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Side cover left / right in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile longitudinal reinforcement.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top/bottom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 1: &amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 2: &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 3: &amp;lt;mm2&amp;gt; [ / &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2nd layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top / bottom in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional reinforcement diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diameters by which the additional reinforcement is designed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the option if the basis reinforcement is in the first or in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transverse reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the diameter of the transverse reinforcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete trench&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete trench in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Stirrups.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup diameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distances&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup distances&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Number of stirrup sections&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of stirrup sections. For shear force this is normally 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle compression strut&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle compression strut in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum shear reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the minimum shear reinforcement should be taken in to account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete interface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of an in-situ concrete top layer, the pouring surface can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cocrete interface.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Height of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Width of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a in-situ concrete top layer: Concrete grade that needs to be used for the shear force calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Timber===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile .png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the profile sizes by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select a profile from the existing database. You can also directly type 75 x 200 or 75 x 225&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to enter a known timber profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... on the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Material&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type of timber&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image 2022-07-25 142510944.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Timber class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber class.png|75 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Climate class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Climate class.png|30 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from an amount of basic shapes. In this way you can make the profile yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile sizes by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile sizes of the standard profiles in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile within or between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Build-up selection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this module you can built up any section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection list V2.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039; any profiles here.  Using &#039;&#039;&#039;Properties&#039;&#039;&#039; you can change your profile or alter the profile dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection Profile.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select from our profile database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special input: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Half H syntax: &amp;quot;1/2 profile name [ - min dimension ]&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 1/2IPE300 or 1/2HE650B-5&lt;br /&gt;
# Rectangular: syntax: &amp;quot;S width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;F width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; S200x12&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole:  syntax: &amp;quot;G width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;H width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; H50x2&lt;br /&gt;
# Round: syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R50&lt;br /&gt;
# Tube(segment): syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter x thickness [ / hoek1 / hoek2 ] &amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R500x12 or R500x12/0/180&lt;br /&gt;
# Trangle:  syntax: &amp;quot;D width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;T width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; T50x60&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate u in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate v in mm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Graphical input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphical view of the built up section, with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* cross section of all profiles use. The focused section is displayed with another color. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* coordinate system  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* centroid  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* principal axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* distances from centroid to all largest dimension  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of radius of gyration  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of plastic neutral axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Mouse right click context menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:context menu.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:menu.png|500 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you can change the focused profile by left click mouse button within the profile bounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Profiles can be moved. There is an automatic snap to known points, which will make moving profile quite easy. You can change the coordinates as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom window&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can zoom in on a part of your construction. You can use this by making the graphical input easier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom extents&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With zoom extents the total built up section is shown in full screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pan&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of pan you can drag / move a zoomed part of your drawing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this modus distances can be measured.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1223</id>
		<title>Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1223"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:36:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you draw a beam, a profile needs to be chosen / inserted. There is asked what kind of profile you want to add. Also if you want to enter a new profile, you are asked what kind of profile you want to insert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DocumentationXFEM4UBeam3.png|250 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Steel===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Steel Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can adapt all profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the profile name here, or select a profile from the database. You can also directly type IPE160, HEA200 or HE200A here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you want to enter a common steel profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... at the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have relevant a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning numbers in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile dimensions of the standard profiles by the use of this method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus, which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile within or between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross sectional shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from a large amount of cross sectional shapes. When you have choose a shape, you can subsequently adapt the profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete top layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to insert an in-situ concrete top layer with a different concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prefab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to use prefab concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Steel grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steel grade of the basic and additional reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creep coefficient&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creep coefficient of concrete. By this coefficient the effective creep coefficient is calculated according to EN 1992-1-1 art. 5.8.4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can insert the creep coefficient yourself or you can have it calculated. See Creep. When the creep coefficient is calculated, a detailed calculation according to  EN 1992-1-1 B.1 is displayed in the output as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h concrete layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the in-situ concrete top layer in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Cover.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental or exposure class is used for the determination of the required cover. See  Exposure classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can be checked, cannot be checked or finished&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delta_Cdev&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execution tolerance of the concrete cover in mm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete cover top  / bottom  in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Side cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Side cover left / right in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile longitudinal reinforcement.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top/bottom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 1: &amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 2: &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 3: &amp;lt;mm2&amp;gt; [ / &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2nd layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top / bottom in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional reinforcement diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diameters by which the additional reinforcement is designed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the option if the basis reinforcement is in the first or in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transverse reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the diameter of the transverse reinforcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete trench&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete trench in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Stirrups.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup diameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distances&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup distances&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Number of stirrup sections&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of stirrup sections. For shear force this is normally 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle compression strut&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle compression strut in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum shear reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the minimum shear reinforcement should be taken in to account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete interface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of an in-situ concrete top layer, the pouring surface can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cocrete interface.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Height of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Width of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a in-situ concrete top layer: Concrete grade that needs to be used for the shear force calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Timber===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile .png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the profile sizes by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select a profile from the existing database. You can also directly type 75 x 200 or 75 x 225&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to enter a known timber profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... on the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Material&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type of timber&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image 2022-07-25 142510944.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Timber class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber class.png|75 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Climate class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Climate class.png|30 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from an amount of basic shapes. In this way you can make the profile yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile sizes by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension line. You can also can adapt the profile sizes of the standard profiles in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus which is adaptable&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile among an angle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Build-up selection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this module you can built up any section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection list V2.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039; any profiles here.  Using &#039;&#039;&#039;Properties&#039;&#039;&#039; you can change your profile or alter the profile dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection Profile.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select from our profile database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special input: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Half H syntax: &amp;quot;1/2 profile name [ - min dimension ]&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 1/2IPE300 or 1/2HE650B-5&lt;br /&gt;
# Rectangular: syntax: &amp;quot;S width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;F width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; S200x12&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole:  syntax: &amp;quot;G width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;H width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; H50x2&lt;br /&gt;
# Round: syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R50&lt;br /&gt;
# Tube(segment): syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter x thickness [ / hoek1 / hoek2 ] &amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R500x12 or R500x12/0/180&lt;br /&gt;
# Trangle:  syntax: &amp;quot;D width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;T width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; T50x60&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate u in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate v in mm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Graphical input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphical view of the built up section, with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* cross section of all profiles use. The focused section is displayed with another color. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* coordinate system  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* centroid  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* principal axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* distances from centroid to all largest dimension  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of radius of gyration  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of plastic neutral axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Mouse right click context menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:context menu.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:menu.png|500 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you can change the focused profile by left click mouse button within the profile bounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Profiles can be moved. There is an automatic snap to known points, which will make moving profile quite easy. You can change the coordinates as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom window&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can zoom in on a part of your construction. You can use this by making the graphical input easier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom extents&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With zoom extents the total built up section is shown in full screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pan&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of pan you can drag / move a zoomed part of your drawing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this modus distances can be measured.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1222</id>
		<title>Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1222"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:32:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you draw a beam, a profile needs to be chosen / inserted. There is asked what kind of profile you want to add. Also if you want to enter a new profile, you are asked what kind of profile you want to insert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DocumentationXFEM4UBeam3.png|250 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Steel===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Steel Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can adapt all profile dimensions by clicking on the relevant values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the profile name here, or select a profile from the database. You can also directly type IPE160, HEA200 or HE200A here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you want to enter a common steel profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... at the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning numbers in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile dimensions of the standard profiles by the use of this method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus, which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile among an angle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross sectional shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from a big amount of cross sectional shapes. When you chose a shape, you can subsequently adapt the profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete top layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to insert a in-situ concrete top layer with a different concrete grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prefab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to use prefab concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Steel grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steel grade of the basic and additional reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creep coefficient&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creep coefficient of concrete. By this coefficient the effective creep coefficient is calculated according to EN 1992-1-1 art. 5.8.4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can insert the creep coefficient yourself or you can have it calculated. See Creep. When the creep coefficient is calculated, a detailed calculation according to  EN 1992-1-1 B.1 is displayed in the output as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h concrete layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the in-situ concrete top layer in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Cover.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental or exposure class is used for the determination of the required cover. See  Exposure classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can be checked, can not be checked or finished&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delta_Cdev&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execution tolerance of the concrete cover in mm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete cover top  / bottom  in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Side cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Side cover left / right in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile longitudinal reinforcement.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top/bottom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 1: &amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 2: &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 3: &amp;lt;mm2&amp;gt; [ / &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2nd layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top / bottom in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional reinforcement diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diameters by which the additional reinforcement is designed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the option if the basis reinforcement is in the first or in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transverse reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the diameter of the transverse reinforcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete trench&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete trench in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Stirrups.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup diameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distances&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup distances&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Number of stirrup sections&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of stirrup sections. For shear force this is normally 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle compression strut&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle compression strut in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum shear reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the minimum shear reinforcement should be taken in to account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete interface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of a in-situ concrete top layer, the pouring surface can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cocrete interface.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Height of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Width of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a in-situ concrete top layer: Concrete grade that needs to be used for the shear force calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Timber===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile .png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the profile sizes by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select a profile from the existing database. You can also directly type 75 x 200 of 75 x 225&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to enter a known timber profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... on the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Material&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type of timber&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image 2022-07-25 142510944.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Timber class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber class.png|75 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Climate class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Climate class.png|30 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from an amount of basic shapes. In this way you can make the profile yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile sizes by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension line. You can also can adapt the profile sizes of the standard profiles in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus which is adaptable&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile among an angle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Build-up selection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this module you can built up any section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection list V2.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039; any profiles here.  Using &#039;&#039;&#039;Properties&#039;&#039;&#039; you can change your profile or alter the profile dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection Profile.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select from our profile database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special input: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Half H syntax: &amp;quot;1/2 profile name [ - min dimension ]&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 1/2IPE300 or 1/2HE650B-5&lt;br /&gt;
# Rectangular: syntax: &amp;quot;S width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;F width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; S200x12&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole:  syntax: &amp;quot;G width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;H width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; H50x2&lt;br /&gt;
# Round: syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R50&lt;br /&gt;
# Tube(segment): syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter x thickness [ / hoek1 / hoek2 ] &amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R500x12 or R500x12/0/180&lt;br /&gt;
# Trangle:  syntax: &amp;quot;D width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;T width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; T50x60&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate u in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate v in mm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Graphical input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphical view of the built up section, with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* cross section of all profiles use. The focused section is displayed with another color. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* coordinate system  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* centroid  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* principal axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* distances from centroid to all largest dimension  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of radius of gyration  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of plastic neutral axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Mouse right click context menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:context menu.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:menu.png|500 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you can change the focused profile by left click mouse button within the profile bounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Profiles can be moved. There is an automatic snap to known points, which will make moving profile quite easy. You can change the coordinates as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom window&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can zoom in on a part of your construction. You can use this by making the graphical input easier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom extents&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With zoom extents the total built up section is shown in full screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pan&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of pan you can drag / move a zoomed part of your drawing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this modus distances can be measured.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1221</id>
		<title>Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Profile&amp;diff=1221"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:31:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you draw a beam, a profile needs to be chosen / inserted. There is asked what kind of profile you want to add. Also if you want to enter a new profile, you are asked what kind of profile you want to insert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DocumentationXFEM4UBeam3.png|250 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Steel===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Steel Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can adapt all profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the profile name here, or select a profile from the database. You can also directly type IPE160, HEA200 or HE200A here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you want to enter a common steel profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... at the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning numbers in the dimension line. You can also adapt the profile dimensions of the standard profiles by the use of this method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus, which is adaptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile among an angle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross sectional shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from a big amount of cross sectional shapes. When you chose a shape, you can subsequently adapt the profile dimensions by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete top layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to insert a in-situ concrete top layer with a different concrete grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prefab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether you want to use prefab concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Steel grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steel grade of the basic and additional reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creep coefficient&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creep coefficient of concrete. By this coefficient the effective creep coefficient is calculated according to EN 1992-1-1 art. 5.8.4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can insert the creep coefficient yourself or you can have it calculated. See Creep. When the creep coefficient is calculated, a detailed calculation according to  EN 1992-1-1 B.1 is displayed in the output as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Granule diameter&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominal granule diameter of concrete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the concrete cross section in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h concrete layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The height of the in-situ concrete top layer in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Cover.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental or exposure class is used for the determination of the required cover. See  Exposure classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can be checked, can not be checked or finished&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delta_Cdev&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execution tolerance of the concrete cover in mm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete cover top  / bottom  in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Side cover&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Side cover left / right in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile longitudinal reinforcement.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top/bottom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 1: &amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;amount&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 2: &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;  [+&amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;ctc distance&amp;gt;...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax 3: &amp;lt;mm2&amp;gt; [ / &amp;lt;diameter&amp;gt;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2nd layer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic reinforcement top / bottom in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional reinforcement diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diameters by which the additional reinforcement is designed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the option if the basis reinforcement is in the first or in the second layer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transverse reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a floor, the diameter of the transverse reinforcement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete trench&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete trench in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Concrete Add Profile Stirrups.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Diameters&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup diameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distances&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stirrup distances&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Number of stirrup sections&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of stirrup sections. For shear force this is normally 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle compression strut&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle compression strut in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum shear reinforcement&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the minimum shear reinforcement should be taken in to account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete interface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of a in-situ concrete top layer, the pouring surface can be entered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cocrete interface.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Height of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Width of the concrete cross section for the shear force calculation in mm.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Concrete grade&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a in-situ concrete top layer: Concrete grade that needs to be used for the shear force calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Timber===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile .png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remark:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the profile sizes by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select a profile from the existing database. You can also directly type 75 x 200 of 75 x 225&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to enter a known timber profile from the database, click on the 3 dots... on the right side of the input field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber Add Profile V2.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Material&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Type of timber&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image 2022-07-25 142510944.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Timber class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Timber class.png|75 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Climate class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Climate class.png|30 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic shape&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose from an amount of basic shapes. In this way you can make the profile yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:basic shape.png|150 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you selected a basic shape, you can subsequently adapt all the profile sizes by clicking on the concerning values in the dimension line. You can also can adapt the profile sizes of the standard profiles in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elasticity modulus which is adaptable&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can rotate the profile among an angle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Build-up selection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection.png|800 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this module you can built up any section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection list V2.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039; any profiles here.  Using &#039;&#039;&#039;Properties&#039;&#039;&#039; you can change your profile or alter the profile dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Build-up selection Profile.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the profile name or select from our profile database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special input: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Half H syntax: &amp;quot;1/2 profile name [ - min dimension ]&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 1/2IPE300 or 1/2HE650B-5&lt;br /&gt;
# Rectangular: syntax: &amp;quot;S width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;F width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; S200x12&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole:  syntax: &amp;quot;G width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;H width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; H50x2&lt;br /&gt;
# Round: syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R50&lt;br /&gt;
# Tube(segment): syntax: &amp;quot;R diameter x thickness [ / hoek1 / hoek2 ] &amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; R500x12 or R500x12/0/180&lt;br /&gt;
# Trangle:  syntax: &amp;quot;D width x height&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;T width x height&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; T50x60&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate u in mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinate v in mm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Angle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angle in degrees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Graphical input&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphical view of the built up section, with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* cross section of all profiles use. The focused section is displayed with another color. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* coordinate system  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* centroid  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* principal axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* distances from centroid to all largest dimension  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of radius of gyration  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* display of plastic neutral axis  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Mouse right click context menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:context menu.png|200 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:menu.png|500 px|Wikipedia encyclopedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you can change the focused profile by left click mouse button within the profile bounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Move&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Profiles can be moved. There is an automatic snap to known points, which will make moving profile quite easy. You can change the coordinates as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom window&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this function you can zoom in on a part of your construction. You can use this by making the graphical input easier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zoom extents&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With zoom extents the total built up section is shown in full screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pan&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of pan you can drag / move a zoomed part of your drawing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this modus distances can be measured.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Get_started_with_the_Struct4U_Engineering_Tools&amp;diff=1220</id>
		<title>Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Get_started_with_the_Struct4U_Engineering_Tools&amp;diff=1220"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:30:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;If you are new to the Struct4U Engineering Tools we recommend the following route to get familiar with the software. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Watch the &#039;&#039;&#039;Struct4U Quickstarts&#039;&#039;&#039; on our [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLULKpgX0QPOIa8ui4s0AFR8brVXiQRDzx Youtube-channel]. These are videos of max 1.5 minutes each &lt;br /&gt;
# Try to copy the work on the video.&lt;br /&gt;
# Watch the other tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
# Read the documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;Dh4v5oTb1b0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;Gn8p8uPcdik&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;y3nG8RSc2xw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XConstruct]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;4QtzeFrqbiQ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Documentation_XBeam2D&amp;diff=1219</id>
		<title>Documentation XBeam2D</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Documentation_XBeam2D&amp;diff=1219"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:22:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains the documentation of [[XBeam2D]]. It is meant as a full description of all functions and possibilities of the program. &lt;br /&gt;
Other relevant information about [[XBeam2D]] can be found in the following links:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Release Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes of XBeam2D: [https://software.struct4u.com/downloads/XBeam2D/Release_notes_XBeam2D_en.pdf link]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XBeam2DStartView.png|1071x1071px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Possibilities and limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Full list of features of XBeam2D can be found [[XBeam2D|here.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Limitations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapters user manual===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools | &#039;&#039;&#039;1. Get Started&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D UI | &#039;&#039;&#039;2. Basic concept User Interface&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Design Arrangements | 2.1 Design Arrangements and coordinates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Geometry&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Nodes | 3.1 Nodes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Supports | 3.2 Supports]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Beams | 3.3 Beams]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Profile| 3.4 Section/Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Beam Wizard | 3.5 Beam wizard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Loads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Load Cases | 4.1 Load cases]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Load Combinations | 4.2 Load combinations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Loads | 4.3 Loads]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Analysis&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Analysis | 5.1 Calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Structural Design&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Eurocode Steel | 6.1 Eurocode Steel &amp;amp; Timber Design]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Concrete  | 6.2 Eurocode Reinforced Concrete Design]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Longitudinal reinforcement| 6.2.1 Longitudinal reinforcement]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Stirrups| 6.2.2 Stirrups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;7. Building Code AESC&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;8. Display calculation results&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Display Results | 8.1 Display results]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Spy | 8.2 Spy: results per beam]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Calculation settings | 8.3 Calculation settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Optimization | 8.4 Optimization]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;9. UI and other settings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Edit | 9.1 Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Selection | 9.2 Selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D View | 9.3 View ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Display Options | 9.4 Display options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Dockable Windows | 9.5 Dockable windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Changing Dimensions | 9.6 Changing dimensions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Menu | 9.7 Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Preferences | 9.7.1 Preferences]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Drawing| 9.7.2 Drawing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Snap options| 9.7.3 Snap options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Regular grid| 9.7.4 Regular grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Output| 9.7.5 Output]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D User defined profiles| 9.7.6 User defined profiles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Preview | 9.7.7 Preview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;10. Background information about calculations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Deflection Calculation | 10.1 Deflection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U tapered section| 10.2 Tapered section]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Background Information and Theory | 10.3 Background steel &amp;amp; timber eurocode]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Documentation_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1218</id>
		<title>Documentation XFEM4U</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Documentation_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1218"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:21:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* Release Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains the documentation of [[XFEM4U]]. It is meant as a full description of all functions and possibilities of the program. &lt;br /&gt;
Other relevant information about XFEM4U can be found in the following links:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XFEM4U |Full list of features of XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Example Projects]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Release Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes of XFEM4U: [https://software.struct4u.com/downloads/XFEM4U/Release_notes_XFEM4U_en.pdf link]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Possibilities and limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Full list of features of XFEM4U can be found [[XFEM4U | here.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Residential Steel Trusses Roof_3.png |600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapters user manual===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools | 1. Get Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U UI | 2. Basic concept User Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Design Arrangements | 2.1 Design Arrangements and coordinates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Export/Import&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Autodesk Revit/Dynamo | 3.1 Autodesk Revit/Dynamo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tekla Structures | 3.2 Tekla Structures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XML Interface | 3.3 XML Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DWG/DXF | 3.4 DWG/DXF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SDNF| 3.5 SDNF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Geometry&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Nodes | 4.1 Nodes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Supports | 4.2 Supports]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Beams | 4.3 Beams]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Profile| 4.4 Section/Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Plates | 4.5 Plates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Grid Lines/ levels | 4.6 Grid lines/levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Outer Panels | 4.7 Outer Panels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Hall Wizard | 4.8 Hall Wizard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Loads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Load Cases | 5.1 Load cases]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Load Combinations | 5.2 Load combinations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Loads | 5.3 Loads]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Load generator | 5.4 Load generator]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Analysis &amp;amp; Design&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Analysis | 6.1 Calculation settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation Eurocode | 6.2 Eurocode Steel &amp;amp; Timber Design]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Eurocode RC  | 6.3 Eurocode Reinforced Concrete Design]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Eurocode Steel Connections | 6.4 Eurocode Steel Joint Design]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Documentation ANSI | 7. Building Code ANSI]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;8. Display calculation results&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Display Results | 8.1 Display results]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Analysis | 8.2 Calculation settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Optimization | 8.3 Optimization]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;9. UI and other settings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Edit | 9.1 Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Selection | 9.2 Selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U View | 9.3 View ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U  Display Options | 9.4 Display options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Dockable Windows | 9.5 Dockable windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U Changing Dimensions | 9.6 Changing dimensions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U  Menu | 9.7 Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Preferences | 9.7.1 Preferences]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Drawing| 9.7.2 Drawing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Snap options| 9.7.3 Snap options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Regular grid| 9.7.4 Regular grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Output| 9.7.5 Output]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D User defined profiles| 9.7.6 User defined profiles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D XFrame2D Preview | 9.7.7 Preview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Backup files | 9.8 Backup files]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U Context menu | 9.9 Context menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;10. Background information about calculations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XBeam2D Deflection Calculation | 10.1 Deflection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Struct4U tapered section| 10.2 Tapered section]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Background Information and Theory | 10.3 Background steel &amp;amp; timber Eurocode]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[FEM best practices and examples | 10.4 Finite Element Mesh &amp;amp; Solver]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[XFEM4U UI and settings | 11. UI and other settings]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Tutorials_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1217</id>
		<title>Tutorials XFEM4U</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Tutorials_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1217"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:21:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* More detail */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preface&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
This page contains all the available video tutorials of XFEM4U. You can also watch this video using the [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U63dIduWWPc&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ Tutorial4U] playlist on youtube&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First steps===&lt;br /&gt;
====Steel Portal Frame====&lt;br /&gt;
====Timber Structure====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete foundation grid====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete basement on grade====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More details===&lt;br /&gt;
====File====&lt;br /&gt;
====Geometry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Nodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supports=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Beams=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Section/Profile=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Plates=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Grid lines/levels=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Outer Panels=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Loads====&lt;br /&gt;
Download the example file HERE. ADD WHEN WEBSITE MOVED.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;oj30XCaQTmg&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Renumber=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Copy=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;U63dIduWWPc&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;NZtMeudP_zk&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Delete Loads======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;lUf3oGZROJk&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Rotate=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;7hSEw1zy7J4&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Mirror=====&lt;br /&gt;
====View====&lt;br /&gt;
====Calculate====&lt;br /&gt;
====Display options====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Views=====&lt;br /&gt;
====Results====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete Design====&lt;br /&gt;
====Preferences====&lt;br /&gt;
====Calculation Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
====User Interface====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips &amp;amp; Tricks for experienced users===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Tutorials_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1216</id>
		<title>Tutorials XFEM4U</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Tutorials_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1216"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:20:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* Into the depth */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preface&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
This page contains all the available video tutorials of XFEM4U. You can also watch this video using the [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U63dIduWWPc&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ Tutorial4U] playlist on youtube&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First steps===&lt;br /&gt;
====Steel Portal Frame====&lt;br /&gt;
====Timber Structure====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete foundation grid====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete basement on grade====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More detail===&lt;br /&gt;
====File====&lt;br /&gt;
====Geometry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Nodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supports=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Beams=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Section/Profile=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Plates=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Grid lines/levels=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Outer Panels=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Loads====&lt;br /&gt;
Download the example file HERE. ADD WHEN WEBSITE MOVED.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;oj30XCaQTmg&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Renumber=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Copy=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;U63dIduWWPc&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;NZtMeudP_zk&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Delete Loads======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;lUf3oGZROJk&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Rotate=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;7hSEw1zy7J4&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Mirror=====&lt;br /&gt;
====View====&lt;br /&gt;
====Calculate====&lt;br /&gt;
====Display options====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Views=====&lt;br /&gt;
====Results====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete Design====&lt;br /&gt;
====Preferences====&lt;br /&gt;
====Calculation Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
====User Interface====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips &amp;amp; Tricks for experienced users===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Tutorials_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1215</id>
		<title>Tutorials XFEM4U</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Tutorials_XFEM4U&amp;diff=1215"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:20:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* Tips &amp;amp; Trics for experienced users */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preface&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
This page contains all the available video tutorials of XFEM4U. You can also watch this video using the [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U63dIduWWPc&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ Tutorial4U] playlist on youtube&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First steps===&lt;br /&gt;
====Steel Portal Frame====&lt;br /&gt;
====Timber Structure====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete foundation grid====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete basement on grade====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Into the depth===&lt;br /&gt;
====File====&lt;br /&gt;
====Geometry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Nodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supports=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Beams=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Section/Profile=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Plates=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Grid lines/levels=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Outer Panels=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Loads====&lt;br /&gt;
Download the example file HERE. ADD WHEN WEBSITE MOVED.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;oj30XCaQTmg&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Renumber=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Copy=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;U63dIduWWPc&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;NZtMeudP_zk&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Delete Loads======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;lUf3oGZROJk&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Rotate=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;7hSEw1zy7J4&amp;amp;list=PLULKpgX0QPOJ573mqMUU-qXlorxlMibGJ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Mirror=====&lt;br /&gt;
====View====&lt;br /&gt;
====Calculate====&lt;br /&gt;
====Display options====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Views=====&lt;br /&gt;
====Results====&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete Design====&lt;br /&gt;
====Preferences====&lt;br /&gt;
====Calculation Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
====User Interface====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips &amp;amp; Tricks for experienced users===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1214</id>
		<title>KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1214"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:17:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A warm welcome to the [[Struct4U]] Knowledge Center!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to look around, if you have any comments or ideas please let us know via [mailto:support@struct4u.com support@struct4u.com]!! Become a part of the [[Struct4U-community]]! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We try to keep the wiki compact. Therefore this wiki is written for you as &#039;&#039;&#039;structural engineer&#039;&#039;&#039;. So we assume a basic level of knowledge regarding mechanics, statics, FEM, materials, software etc. However we will refer to other publications/external links if you want to learn more about a specific subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this &#039;&#039;&#039;Knowledge Center&#039;&#039;&#039; you can find tutorials, quickstarts and background information about all the products([[XFEM4U]], [[XBeam2D]], [[XFrame2D]], [[XConstruct]]) within the Struct4U Engineering Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XFEM4U-2.1-1.jpg|500px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preface==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Languages and standards]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XConstruct]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2D/3D/BIM Import/Export==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Autodesk Revit/Dynamo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tekla Structures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[DWG/DXF]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SDNF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and download==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Download Center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[License &amp;amp; trialversion]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading Credit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background Information and Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Background Information and Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation Eurocode]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation ANSI]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[News and scientific articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FEM best practices and examples]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Example Projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.struct4u.com Struct4U Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://forum.struct4u.com Struct4U Forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.linkedin.com/company/struct4u/ Struct4U LinkedIn Group]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLuORxSM99Nne-XuLHuN1pw/featured Struct4U YouTube Channel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://github.com/DutchSailor/Dyn2Calc.Struct4U Revitlink Struct4U]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/Documentation XFEM4U/}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Home}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1213</id>
		<title>KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=1213"/>
		<updated>2022-10-26T13:16:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A warm welcome to the [[Struct4U]] Knowledge Center!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to look around, if you have any comments or ideas please let us know via [mailto:support@struct4u.com support@struct4u.com]!! Become a part of the [[Struct4U-community]]! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We try to keep the wiki compact. Therefore this wiki is written for you as &#039;&#039;&#039;structural engineer&#039;&#039;&#039;. So we assume a basic level of knowledge regarding mechanics, statics, FEM, materials, software etc. However we will refer to other publications/external links if you want to learn more about a specific subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this &#039;&#039;&#039;Knowledge Center&#039;&#039;&#039; you can find tutorials, quickstarts and background information about all the products([[XFEM4U]], [[XBeam2D]], [[XFrame2D]], [[XConstruct]]) within the Struct4U Engineering Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XFEM4U-2.1-1.jpg|500px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preface==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Languages and standards]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XConstruct]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2D/3D/BIM Import/Export==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Autodesk Revit/Dynamo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tekla Structures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[DWG/DXF]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SDNF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and download==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Download Center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[License &amp;amp; trialversion]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading Credit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background Information and Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Background Information and Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation Eurocode]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation ANSI]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[News and scientific articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FEM best practices and examples]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Example Projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.struct4u.com Struct4U Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://forum.struct4u.com Struct4U Forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.linkedin.com/company/struct4u/ Struct4U LinkedIn Group]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLuORxSM99Nne-XuLHuN1pw/featured Struct4U YouTube Channel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://github.com/DutchSailor/Dyn2Calc.Struct4U Revitlink Struct4U]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/Documentation XFEM4U/}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=File:ANSI_PDelta1.png&amp;diff=1190</id>
		<title>File:ANSI PDelta1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=File:ANSI_PDelta1.png&amp;diff=1190"/>
		<updated>2022-09-17T20:23:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u reverted File:ANSI PDelta1.png to an old version&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;ANSI PDelta1&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=File:ANSI_PDelta1.png&amp;diff=1189</id>
		<title>File:ANSI PDelta1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=File:ANSI_PDelta1.png&amp;diff=1189"/>
		<updated>2022-09-17T10:53:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Rob-Struct4u uploaded a new version of File:ANSI PDelta1.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;ANSI PDelta1&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Background_Information_and_Theory&amp;diff=1177</id>
		<title>Background Information and Theory</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Background_Information_and_Theory&amp;diff=1177"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T12:40:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: /* Buckling */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Buckling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;XFEM4U&#039;&#039;&#039; has a fully integrated Eurocode EN 1993 steel design module. Steel test / design rules according to the newest / latest European standards. You are up-to-date with the latest standards. In &#039;&#039;&#039;XFEM4U&#039;&#039;&#039; all Eurocode design checks are based on a geometrically non-linear analysis. Imperfections (initial sway imperfections) will be automatically included in calculating load combination(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very accurate calculation method and is applicable for every type of frame. Sway or braced/non-sway frames. Also, there is no need to calculate (error-prone) buckling lengths anymore. The geometrical non-linear analysis (Second-order analysis) ensures global buckling stability check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The way steel check according to the Eurocode is implemented&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Explanation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eurocode EN 1993-1-1 art. 5.2.2 (7) a) no individual stability check for the members according to 6.3 is necessary if second order effects in individual members and relevant member imperfections (see 5.3.4) are totally accounted for in the global analysis of the structure. (Global initial sway imperfections and relatively initial local bow imperfections of members for flexural buckling). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;XFEM4U&#039;&#039;&#039;, the global initial sway imperfections according to art. 5.3.2 (3) a) are taken into account automatically. However, the relatively initial local bow imperfections of members for flexural buckling according to art. 5.3.2 (3) b) are not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This means that the individual stability of the elements must be checked according to 6.3, whereby the buckling length may be set equal to the system length. According to art. 5.2.2 (7) b). By applying a geometric non-linear analysis, the moments and forces are of course including all second-order effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This approach has many advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*There is no need to calculate (error-prone) buckling lengths anymore. Buckling lengths are not calculated correctly in all cases and are certainly not load independent.&lt;br /&gt;
*There is no need to make a choice for the type of framework, sway or non-sway. When the framework is sensitive to 2nd order, it follows directly from the analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
*By global initial sway imperfections of the framework, the calculation process (the iteration) also works well with a symmetrical construction and symmetrical load. &lt;br /&gt;
*Adjacent loads can easily be taken into account. &lt;br /&gt;
*Lateral stability is also included in the stability check according to 6.3.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tapered beam==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can optionally enter a tapered beam. The tab &amp;quot;Profile end&amp;quot; is activated. Here you can enter the 2nd profile at the end of the bar. Attention! The basic shape of the profile (H-, U-, L-shape, etc.) must match that of the profile at the beginning of the beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ins&amp;gt;Force distribution&amp;lt;/ins&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mechanics calculation, the beam is automatically divided into a number of beam parts with a length corresponding to the average profile height. The profile section properties such as moment of inertia are calculated in the middle of each beam part. A constant moment of inertia is calculated for each beam part. Because the beam parts are quite short, this approach proves to be sufficiently accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ins&amp;gt;Stress testing&amp;lt;/ins&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For stress testing, the profile section properties are calculated per section (per x-distance). Thus, this calculation is exact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Calculation Steel Joints rigidity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Load-dependent rotational rigidity&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In XFEM4U a geometric nonlinear analysis (GNL) is calculated by standard. The force distribution is determined iteratively. The beam-column moment connections can be entered. The rotational stiffness of all connections per iteration step is determined. Based on the occurring moment in the beam connection, the rotational rigidity diagram of the designed connection (see diagram below) determines a rotational stiffness or spring stiffness which is then used in the next iteration step. The iteration stops when there are no more changes in the force distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In XFEM4U, a load-dependent rotational rigidity is therefore taken into account for all moment connections. This gives the most accurate result and leads to an economically optimal design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At small moments (under 2/3 Mj, Rd), initial rotational stiffness Sj, ini is calculated. At larger moments with the rotational stiffness Sj corresponding to the bending moment Mj, Ed, the trilinear rotational rigidity diagram is used. See the diagram below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SteelJointRigidity.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Background_Information_and_Theory&amp;diff=1176</id>
		<title>Background Information and Theory</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=Background_Information_and_Theory&amp;diff=1176"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T12:24:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: kleine tekstuele fout&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Buckling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;XFEM4U&#039;&#039;&#039; has a fully integrated Eurocode EN 1993 steel design module. Steel test / design rules according to the newest / latest European standards. You are up-to-date with the latest standards. In &#039;&#039;&#039;XFEM4U&#039;&#039;&#039; all Eurocode design checks are based on a geometrically non-linear analysis. Imperfections (initial sway imperfections) will be automatically included in calculating load combination(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very accurate calculation method and is applicable for every type of frame. Sway or braced/non-sway frames. Also, there is no need to calculate (error-prone) buckling lengths any more. The geometrical non-linear analysis (Second-order analysis) ensures global buckling stability check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The way steel check according to the Eurocode is implemented&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Explanation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eurocode EN 1993-1-1 art. 5.2.2 (7) a) no individual stability check for the members according to 6.3 is necessary if second order effects in individual members and relevant member imperfections (see 5.3.4) are totally accounted for in the global analysis of the structure. (Global initial sway imperfections and relatively initial local bow imperfections of members for flexural buckling). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;XFEM4U&#039;&#039;&#039;, the global initial sway imperfections according to art. 5.3.2 (3) a) are taken into account automatically. However, the relatively initial local bow imperfections of members for flexural buckling according to art. 5.3.2 (3) b) are not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This means that the individual stability of the elements must be checked according to 6.3, whereby the buckling length may be set equal to the system length. According to art. 5.2.2 (7) b). By applying a geometric non-linear analysis, the moments and forces are of course including all second-order effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This approach has many advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*There is no need to calculate (error-prone) buckling lengths any more. Buckling lengths are not calculated correctly in all cases and are certainly not load independent. &lt;br /&gt;
*There is no need to make a choice for the type of framework, sway or non-sway. When the framework is sensitive to 2nd order, it follows directly from the analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
*By global initial sway imperfections of the framework, the calculation process (the iteration) also works well with a symmetrical construction and symmetrical load. &lt;br /&gt;
*Adjacent loads can easily be taken into account. &lt;br /&gt;
*Lateral stability is also included in the stability check according to 6.3.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tapered beam==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can optionally enter a tapered beam. The tab &amp;quot;Profile end&amp;quot; is activated. Here you can enter the 2nd profile at the end of the bar. Attention! The basic shape of the profile (H-, U-, L-shape, etc.) must match that of the profile at the beginning of the beam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ins&amp;gt;Force distribution&amp;lt;/ins&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mechanics calculation, the beam is automatically divided into a number of beam parts with a length corresponding to the average profile height. The profile section properties such as moment of inertia are calculated in the middle of each beam part. A constant moment of inertia is calculated for each beam part. Because the beam parts are quite short, this approach proves to be sufficiently accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ins&amp;gt;Stress testing&amp;lt;/ins&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For stress testing, the profile section properties are calculated per section (per x-distance). Thus, this calculation is exact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Calculation Steel Joints rigidity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Load-dependent rotational rigidity&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In XFEM4U a geometric nonlinear analysis (GNL) is calculated by standard. The force distribution is determined iteratively. The beam-column moment connections can be entered. The rotational stiffness of all connections per iteration step is determined. Based on the occurring moment in the beam connection, the rotational rigidity diagram of the designed connection (see diagram below) determines a rotational stiffness or spring stiffness which is then used in the next iteration step. The iteration stops when there are no more changes in the force distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In XFEM4U, a load-dependent rotational rigidity is therefore taken into account for all moment connections. This gives the most accurate result and leads to an economically optimal design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At small moments (under 2/3 Mj, Rd), initial rotational stiffness Sj, ini is calculated. At larger moments with the rotational stiffness Sj corresponding to the bending moment Mj, Ed, the trilinear rotational rigidity diagram is used. See the diagram below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SteelJointRigidity.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Display_Results&amp;diff=922</id>
		<title>XFEM4U Display Results</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Display_Results&amp;diff=922"/>
		<updated>2022-09-05T07:59:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &amp;quot;M-line&amp;quot; moet zijn &amp;quot;M-diagram&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Documentation XFEM4U | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Display options=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Display 1.png | 400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Views&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional an unlimited number of views can be made. The camera position and all display settings will be stored per view. All views are also saved in the project file input file so that they can be displayed and or included in the output again when the project is reopened. You can of course rename all views. In the output selection you can select the views to be included in the output. All 3d view image of Geometry Loads and Results are automatically placed in the right place. When generating output all selected 3d view images are also saved as a png-file in the map where the project file input file is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the view. Name of the view can be adjusted here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Display 5.png | 20px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A separate dialog box is displayed where you can change the order of all created views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New.png | 100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new view. The default name is &amp;quot;View 1&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;View 2&amp;quot;, ... and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delete.png | 50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remove a view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Save.png | 100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save Update the actual camera position of the current view. When you change the camera position you need to save this. All display settings are automatically saved in the current view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Auto save all display options in current view&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether all view options should be automatically saved in the view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mesh Surface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mesh.png | 100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether a mesh or surfaces need to be drawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Line view Solid&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Solid.png | 100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The wireframe and nodes are drawn &#039;&#039;&#039; Line view &#039;&#039;&#039;or that &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*all profiles are drawn as solid model in true size &#039;&#039;&#039; Solid model view &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Views&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aanzicht.png | 100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the view. Default is &#039;&#039;&#039;ISO&#039;&#039;&#039; isometric view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This list also automatically contains all grids and levels. The depth is not yet adjustable and is now 500mm in front and 500mm behind. Only the objects within these distances will be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aanzicht2.png | 100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the setting perspective/orthographic you can set if you want the view to be in perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Grid lines levels&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grid lines, levels and/or help lines will be drawn. See Gridlines levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the base needs to be drawn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show own weight&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the automatically generated beam loads as a consequence of the own weight need to be drawn in the load case permanent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Draw hidden layers transparent&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When some layers are set to be invisible, the beams in these layers are not drawn anymore. With this setting the beams in the invisible layer can be drawn transparent. This is very convenient for giving presentations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Draw undeformed transparent&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting when drawing the deformed construction tab Result: deflection, the undeformed construction needs to be drawn transparent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show beam groups&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beam groups that are created See Eurocode can be graphically displayed. Also the lateral supports at the top and bottom flange are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show profiles in color&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different profiles can be drawn in a color. Every profile has its own color. By this it can be easily checked if all the profiles are inserted right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show profiles transparent&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only in Line view: The profiles are drawn transparent, as solids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Add support on grid&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When drawing a beam, a pinned support is automatically generated when the node is at a grid point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show derived beam loads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using surface loads all beam loads will be generated automatically. You can display all derived beam loads.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show plate mesh&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the plate mesh need to be drawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show dimension lines&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the dimension lines need to be drawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Labels&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Node numbers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The node numbers are displayed between brackets at the node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beam numbers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beam numbers are displayed at the beam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile names&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The profile names are displayed at the beam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profile numbers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The profile numbers are displayed at the beam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Material name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material names are displayed at the beam&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Text on white&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether all the text values are displayed on a white background. By default this function is turned off. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The scale of the text can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Axis&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting whether the global coordinate system should be drawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Axis system beam&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The local coordinate system see Design arrangement will be drawn in the middle of the beam. This is important for inserting the beam loads which are entered in the local beam coordinate system. See Beam loads.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Axis system plate&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The local coordinate system see Design arrangement will be drawn. See Slabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Axis system surface load&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View the local coordinate system of the entered surface loads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nodes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only in Line view: Setting whether the nodes should be drawn as dots&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Profiles&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only in Line view: Setting whether a little part of the profile should be drawn in the middle of schematic line of the beam. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The scale of the symbols can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Display 2.png | 400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The layer function works the same as in AutoCAD. Beams can be placed in one or multiple layers. See Beams. The layers can be visible or not. Layers can be renamed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By making smart use this functionality you can make the graphical input more easy and you will keep overview. Also for giving a 3d presentation, the layers are very convenient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip: Use layers. You will experience that it is convenient and very efficient.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Colors&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Display3.png | 450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Colors&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the colors of the different parts can be set. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Display4.png | 450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Smoothing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the display of the N- V- and M-lines and the deformations, the beam is divided in to multiple beam parts. This amount can vary between minimal 3 parts to a maximum of 30 parts. By default this value is set to 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Envelop&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows you to display envelop Nx-, Vy-, Vz-, Mx-, My-, Mz- and deformation lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Axial force Nx&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the Nx-diagram. The scale can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Shear force Vy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the Vy-diagram. The scale can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Shear force Vz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the Vz-diagram. The scale can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bending Moment Mx&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the Mx-diagram. The scale can be set. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bending Moment My&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the My-diagram. The scale can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bending Moment Mz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the Mz-diagram. The scale can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deflection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the deflection line. The scale can be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plate stresses forces&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the plate stresses and forces in colour. A colour scale appears on the left. It can be set which stress or force is to be displayed. Stresses can be displayed as membrane, bending or combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3D Isosurfaces&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the plate stresses and forces three-dimensionally.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reaction Forces&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing of the reaction forces in all the supports. It can be set which directions need to be drawn. By default all the directions x,y and z are drawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Decisive unity checks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Per beam the unity checks can be displayed. These are results form the check according to the Eurocode steel. When the unity check is less than 1,00 the beam meets the criteria, and a green dot is &lt;br /&gt;
drawn. button_ok. When the unity check is greater than 1,00 the beam does not meet the criteria and a red trianglewarning 16x16 is drawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note. When you double click on the dot triangle, a detailed calculation of the concerning beam is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Min.Max.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum and maximum value of the unity check. Only beams with a unity check that lie between the minimum and maximum value are represented graphically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Forces&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Moments&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Displacements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be set how many decimals should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cijfers.png | 100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Find=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search.png | 30px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Find feature makes it quick and easy to find a node, beam or profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;How does that work?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You choose Nodes, Beams or Profiles. The combo box is filled with the visible nodes, beams or profiles. The whole model is drawn transparently except for the node, beam or profiles you are looking for. It is very intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image 2022-08-16 145554625.png | 200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the node or beam you can also click on the node or beam in the 3d model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Results====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:results.png | 900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing the calculate button [[File:Calculator.png | 30px]] or selecting the tab &#039;&#039;&#039;Results&#039;&#039;&#039; the structure is calculated automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On tab Results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Highlight combination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select the load combination or the load case which you want to be shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[File:Glasses.png | 30px]] display options you can choose what you want to see. See Display options&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=840</id>
		<title>KNOWLEDGE CENTRE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=KNOWLEDGE_CENTRE&amp;diff=840"/>
		<updated>2022-08-29T11:39:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: link naar email support@struct4u.com&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Very much welcome to the [[Struct4U]] Knowledge Center!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to look around, if you have any comments or ideas please let us know via [[support@struct4u.com]]!! Become a part of the [[Struct4U-community]]! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We try to keep the wiki compact. Therefore this wiki is written for you as &#039;&#039;&#039;structural engineer&#039;&#039;&#039;. So we assume a basic level of knowledge regarding mechanics, statics, FEM, materials, software etc. However we will refer to other publications/external links if you want to learn more about a specific subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this &#039;&#039;&#039;Knowledge Center&#039;&#039;&#039; you can find tutorials, quickstarts and background information about all the products([[XFEM4U]], [[XBeam2D]], [[XFrame2D]], [[XConstruct]]) within the Struct4U Engineering Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XFEM4U-2.1-1.jpg|500px|none|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preface==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Get started with the Struct4U Engineering Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tutorials XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFEM4U]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XBeam2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XFrame2D]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation XConstruct]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2D/3D/BIM Import/Export==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Autodesk Revit/Dynamo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tekla Structures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[DWG/DXF]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SDNF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and download==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Download Center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[License &amp;amp; trialversion]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading Credit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background Information and Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Background Information and Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[News and scientific articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FEM best practices and examples]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Example Projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.struct4u.com Struct4U Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://forum.struct4u.com Struct4U Forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.linkedin.com/company/struct4u/ Struct4U LinkedIn Group]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLuORxSM99Nne-XuLHuN1pw/featured Struct4U YouTube Channel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://github.com/DutchSailor/Dyn2Calc.Struct4U Revitlink Struct4U]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/Documentation XFEM4U/}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Hall_Wizard&amp;diff=839</id>
		<title>XFEM4U Hall Wizard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=XFEM4U_Hall_Wizard&amp;diff=839"/>
		<updated>2022-08-29T08:05:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: Plaatjes vervangen in de hall wizard&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Documentation XFEM4U | BACK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the use of wizard, you can quickly and easily generate the geometry of a simple hall with a flat roof, shed roof or saddle roof&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard 1.jpg | 100 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hall wizard.png|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hall wizard 1.png|800x800px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=File:Hall_wizard_1.png&amp;diff=838</id>
		<title>File:Hall wizard 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.struct4u.com/w/index.php?title=File:Hall_wizard_1.png&amp;diff=838"/>
		<updated>2022-08-29T08:04:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rob-Struct4u: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hall wizard&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rob-Struct4u</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>